w4kek/WSJT-X
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/saitohirga/WSJT-X.git synced 2024-11-23 20:58:55 -05:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
c3a91ab9b4
WSJT-X/mainwindow.h

426 lines
12 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

Rearranged sequencing of audio streams and devices. The code was starting streams linked to closed devices which may be causing issues on the Mac version. I have refactored to ensure that devices are always opened before related audio streams are started. Made .h C++ headers emacs friendly. Removed some code in the MainWindow contructor that read the log file but failed to check if the file exists and didn't do anything with the data anyway. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3977 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
// -*- Mode: C++ -*-
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
#ifndef MAINWINDOW_H
#define MAINWINDOW_H
This code now compiles OK in either Qt4 or Qt5. To run in Qt5 we'll need a Qt5-compatible "thermo" widget. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3310 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-23 16:21:47 -04:00
#ifdef QT5
#include <QtWidgets>
#else
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
#include <QtGui>
This code now compiles OK in either Qt4 or Qt5. To run in Qt5 we'll need a Qt5-compatible "thermo" widget. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3310 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-23 16:21:47 -04:00
#endif
Qt 5 Audio replaces PortAudio. Currently only Qt5 or above is known to work with this code. It may be possible to backport it to Qt4 if required. Audio output goes back to a separate thread to try and minimize stutters in streaming on Windows particularly. A crash on Linux due to mishandling of stereo audio output has been fixed and both left and right channels are now correctly synthesised with identical contents. Rigs are enumerated directly from hamlib API rather than running a sub process reading output of rigctl -l. This was initially done to get rid of some GUI thread blocking in the configuration dialog, but is generally a better way of doing it anyway. Some refactoring in MainWindow to accomodate the audio streaming, modulation and detecting classes. Exit handling for application refactored to use signals rather than brute force event loop exit. This was required to get correct thread shutdown semantics. The GUI update timer is now stopped during application shutdown which is necessary to stop crashes when shutting down gracefully with signals and window close() calls. There is an outstanding issue with Linux audio streams; the QAudio Input/Output classes create a new stream name each time a stream is started. This doesn't play well with PulseAudio utilities such as pavucontrol to set stream volume as settings are lost every tx period. I have tried to keep a single stream for all output but there are problems restarting it that haven't been resolved yet. The QtCreator project file has been rearranged a little because it passes all the object files to the linker rather than using an archive library. Since the GNU linker is single pass; the object files need to be in a logical order with definitions appearing afer references to them. This was required to avoid a linking error. The lib/Makefile.linux has been enhanced to use the fortran compiler to locate the correct version of the Fortran library to use. This is necessary on the latest Linux distros because the unversioned symlink to compiler support libraries is no longer provided. This only an issue with mixed programming language links where the linker driver for one language has to link support libraraies for another language. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3532 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-07 19:09:13 -04:00
#include <QThread>
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
#include <QTimer>
#include <QDateTime>
Most of these changes are thanks to G4WJS. Audio I/O is now done using Qt's built-in QAudio calls rather than PortAudio. Also includes some refactoring of the arrangement for these calls, and more use of C++ style. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3523 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-05 09:57:55 -04:00
#include <QList>
#include <QAudioDeviceInfo>
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
#include <QScopedPointer>
Most of these changes are thanks to G4WJS. Audio I/O is now done using Qt's built-in QAudio calls rather than PortAudio. Also includes some refactoring of the arrangement for these calls, and more use of C++ style. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3523 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-05 09:57:55 -04:00
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
#include "soundin.h"
Rearranged sequencing of audio streams and devices. The code was starting streams linked to closed devices which may be causing issues on the Mac version. I have refactored to ensure that devices are always opened before related audio streams are started. Made .h C++ headers emacs friendly. Removed some code in the MainWindow contructor that read the log file but failed to check if the file exists and didn't do anything with the data anyway. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3977 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
#include "AudioDevice.hpp"
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
#include "soundout.h"
#include "commons.h"
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
#include "Radio.hpp"
#include "Configuration.hpp"
#include "Transceiver.hpp"
Initial tests with new PSK Reporter interface. Only on UNIX for now. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3186 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-16 16:15:25 -04:00
#include "psk_reporter.h"
Added new meter widget. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3489 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-16 17:16:57 -04:00
#include "signalmeter.h"
First version of DXCC entity and worked B4 status git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3512 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-31 07:29:42 -04:00
#include "logbook/logbook.h"
Most of these changes are thanks to G4WJS. Audio I/O is now done using Qt's built-in QAudio calls rather than PortAudio. Also includes some refactoring of the arrangement for these calls, and more use of C++ style. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3523 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-05 09:57:55 -04:00
#include "Detector.hpp"
#include "Modulator.hpp"
1. Decoded text should now remain left justified even if the font is too large for the window 2. The main window can be expanded wider to allow those with large screens to use larger fonts 3. New class DecodedText handles the formatted text from decoder.f90. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3564 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-24 21:48:45 -04:00
#include "decodedtext.h"
Import Edson's Linux setup code for audio devices from WSPR-X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3064 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-21 10:14:26 -04:00
Qt 5 Audio replaces PortAudio. Currently only Qt5 or above is known to work with this code. It may be possible to backport it to Qt4 if required. Audio output goes back to a separate thread to try and minimize stutters in streaming on Windows particularly. A crash on Linux due to mishandling of stereo audio output has been fixed and both left and right channels are now correctly synthesised with identical contents. Rigs are enumerated directly from hamlib API rather than running a sub process reading output of rigctl -l. This was initially done to get rid of some GUI thread blocking in the configuration dialog, but is generally a better way of doing it anyway. Some refactoring in MainWindow to accomodate the audio streaming, modulation and detecting classes. Exit handling for application refactored to use signals rather than brute force event loop exit. This was required to get correct thread shutdown semantics. The GUI update timer is now stopped during application shutdown which is necessary to stop crashes when shutting down gracefully with signals and window close() calls. There is an outstanding issue with Linux audio streams; the QAudio Input/Output classes create a new stream name each time a stream is started. This doesn't play well with PulseAudio utilities such as pavucontrol to set stream volume as settings are lost every tx period. I have tried to keep a single stream for all output but there are problems restarting it that haven't been resolved yet. The QtCreator project file has been rearranged a little because it passes all the object files to the linker rather than using an archive library. Since the GNU linker is single pass; the object files need to be in a logical order with definitions appearing afer references to them. This was required to avoid a linking error. The lib/Makefile.linux has been enhanced to use the fortran compiler to locate the correct version of the Fortran library to use. This is necessary on the latest Linux distros because the unversioned symlink to compiler support libraries is no longer provided. This only an issue with mixed programming language links where the linker driver for one language has to link support libraraies for another language. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3532 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-07 19:09:13 -04:00
#define NUM_JT65_SYMBOLS 126
#define NUM_JT9_SYMBOLS 85
#define NUM_CW_SYMBOLS 250
#define TX_SAMPLE_RATE 48000
Made the soft keying CW wave shaper a CMake option (off by default). Reorganized Modulator interface so that it can control the stream it writes to. Make sure only QAudioOutput::stop is called at the end of sending rather than QAudioOutput::reset which discards pending samples. Added a quick close option to the Modulator::stop slot to discard pending buffers if required. Fix issue in CW synthesizer that was causing CW to be inverted occasionally. Made global arrays of symbols volatile because compiler waa optimizing away reads in sound thread. These global variables must go eventually as they are a multi-threading hazard. Simplified TX sequencing to remove some duplicate signals. Increased range of TX attenuator from 10dB to 30dB. This is mainly for non-Windows platforms where the attenuator isn't linearized correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3985 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-06 17:58:11 -04:00
extern int volatile itone[NUM_JT65_SYMBOLS]; //Audio tones for all Tx symbols
extern int volatile icw[NUM_CW_SYMBOLS]; //Dits for CW ID
Qt 5 Audio replaces PortAudio. Currently only Qt5 or above is known to work with this code. It may be possible to backport it to Qt4 if required. Audio output goes back to a separate thread to try and minimize stutters in streaming on Windows particularly. A crash on Linux due to mishandling of stereo audio output has been fixed and both left and right channels are now correctly synthesised with identical contents. Rigs are enumerated directly from hamlib API rather than running a sub process reading output of rigctl -l. This was initially done to get rid of some GUI thread blocking in the configuration dialog, but is generally a better way of doing it anyway. Some refactoring in MainWindow to accomodate the audio streaming, modulation and detecting classes. Exit handling for application refactored to use signals rather than brute force event loop exit. This was required to get correct thread shutdown semantics. The GUI update timer is now stopped during application shutdown which is necessary to stop crashes when shutting down gracefully with signals and window close() calls. There is an outstanding issue with Linux audio streams; the QAudio Input/Output classes create a new stream name each time a stream is started. This doesn't play well with PulseAudio utilities such as pavucontrol to set stream volume as settings are lost every tx period. I have tried to keep a single stream for all output but there are problems restarting it that haven't been resolved yet. The QtCreator project file has been rearranged a little because it passes all the object files to the linker rather than using an archive library. Since the GNU linker is single pass; the object files need to be in a logical order with definitions appearing afer references to them. This was required to avoid a linking error. The lib/Makefile.linux has been enhanced to use the fortran compiler to locate the correct version of the Fortran library to use. This is necessary on the latest Linux distros because the unversioned symlink to compiler support libraries is no longer provided. This only an issue with mixed programming language links where the linker driver for one language has to link support libraraies for another language. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3532 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-07 19:09:13 -04:00
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
//--------------------------------------------------------------- MainWindow
namespace Ui {
Rearranged sequencing of audio streams and devices. The code was starting streams linked to closed devices which may be causing issues on the Mac version. I have refactored to ensure that devices are always opened before related audio streams are started. Made .h C++ headers emacs friendly. Removed some code in the MainWindow contructor that read the log file but failed to check if the file exists and didn't do anything with the data anyway. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3977 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
class MainWindow;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
class QSettings;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
class QLineEdit;
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
class WideGraph;
class LogQSO;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
class Transceiver;
class Astro;
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
class MainWindow : public QMainWindow
{
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
Q_OBJECT;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
public:
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
using Frequency = Radio::Frequency;
// Multiple instances: call MainWindow() with *thekey
explicit MainWindow(bool multiple, QSettings *, QSharedMemory *shdmem, QString const& thekey,
Make temp directory unique in test mode. The Qt test mode that uses special paths for writeable files (via QtStandardPaths) doesn't make a special temporary file path. This change appends " - test_mode" to the WSJT-X unique temporary file path so that an application run in test mode will not interact with another running in normal mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4240 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-01 11:55:59 -04:00
unsigned downSampleFactor, bool test_mode, QWidget *parent = 0);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
~MainWindow();
public slots:
void showSoundInError(const QString& errorMsg);
Most of these changes are thanks to G4WJS. Audio I/O is now done using Qt's built-in QAudio calls rather than PortAudio. Also includes some refactoring of the arrangement for these calls, and more use of C++ style. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3523 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-05 09:57:55 -04:00
void showSoundOutError(const QString& errorMsg);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
void showStatusMessage(const QString& statusMsg);
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
void dataSink(qint64 frames);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
void diskDat();
void diskWriteFinished();
void freezeDecode(int n);
void guiUpdate();
Shift-double-click on decoded line does NOT change the frequencies. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3032 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-01 16:25:33 -05:00
void doubleClickOnCall(bool shift, bool ctrl);
Now have two decoded text boxes: left for decodes at QSO frequency, right for everything else. NB: I have screwed up the vertical expansion of mainwindow: growth occurs at the bottom, rather than in the text boxes. Help! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3129 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-03 20:09:25 -04:00
void doubleClickOnCall2(bool shift, bool ctrl);
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 15:39:41 -05:00
void readFromStdout();
void readFromStderr();
Changed Detector to only pass multiples of 4 frames to 48kHz to 12kHz down sampler routine. Added assert to disallow stereo processing of i/p samples until fil4.f90 can deal with interleaved stereo streams. Added QProcess error to jt9 error handler, not that anything is done with the error code yet but at least it can be examined in the debugger if required. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3583 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-09-27 20:58:36 -04:00
void jt9_error(QProcess::ProcessError);
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
void setXIT(int n);
void setFreq4(int rxFreq, int txFreq);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
protected:
virtual void keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent *e );
void closeEvent(QCloseEvent*);
virtual bool eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *event);
private slots:
void on_tx1_editingFinished();
void on_tx2_editingFinished();
void on_tx3_editingFinished();
void on_tx4_editingFinished();
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
void on_tx5_currentTextChanged (QString const&);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
void on_tx6_editingFinished();
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
void on_actionSettings_triggered();
void on_monitorButton_clicked (bool);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
void on_actionAbout_triggered();
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
void on_autoButton_clicked (bool);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
void on_stopTxButton_clicked();
void on_stopButton_clicked();
Add local HTML help file to help menu. So that a manual can be viewed without an Internet connection a second manual action has been added to the WSJT_X help menu. This shells out to the default web browser with a local file target. The build has been enhanced to install and package the current version of the HTML user manual as downloaded from the project web site at build time The package file locations have been adjusted to be compatible with the QStandardPaths class so that its locate() method can be used to portably access resources like this local help file git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4359 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 19:46:32 -04:00
void on_actionOnline_User_Guide_triggered();
void on_actionLocal_User_Guide_triggered();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
void on_actionWide_Waterfall_triggered();
void on_actionOpen_triggered();
void on_actionOpen_next_in_directory_triggered();
void on_actionDecode_remaining_files_in_directory_triggered();
Cleaning up the "devsetup" screen. NB: List of audio input devices is not being populated. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/jtms3@2476 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-07-02 12:13:21 -04:00
void on_actionDelete_all_wav_files_in_SaveDir_triggered();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
void on_actionNone_triggered();
void on_actionSave_all_triggered();
void on_actionKeyboard_shortcuts_triggered();
void on_actionSpecial_mouse_commands_triggered();
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
void on_DecodeButton_clicked (bool);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
void decode();
void decodeBusy(bool b);
void on_EraseButton_clicked();
void on_txb1_clicked();
void on_txFirstCheckBox_stateChanged(int arg1);
void set_ntx(int n);
void on_txb2_clicked();
void on_txb3_clicked();
void on_txb4_clicked();
void on_txb5_clicked();
void on_txb6_clicked();
void on_lookupButton_clicked();
void on_addButton_clicked();
void on_dxCallEntry_textChanged(const QString &arg1);
void on_dxGridEntry_textChanged(const QString &arg1);
void on_genStdMsgsPushButton_clicked();
void on_logQSOButton_clicked();
More cleanup, and a few bugs fixed. There are many more! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2647 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-04 17:39:48 -04:00
void on_actionJT9_1_triggered();
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
void on_actionJT65_triggered();
void on_actionJT9_JT65_triggered();
Several tweaks toward letting someone else Tx to me... git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2651 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-05 15:14:45 -04:00
void on_TxFreqSpinBox_valueChanged(int arg1);
Remove m_DF and associated code. Disable some presently un-implemented controls. Begin implemnting "Save Synced" and "Save Decoded". Set compilation to CONSOLE mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2706 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-30 12:49:24 -04:00
void on_actionSave_decoded_triggered();
Add control of decoding "depth". Improve the way pctile gets an estimate of array median. Put info for mettab() into a data statement. Attempt decoding near all freqs that give sync >= 1.0 Remove killbyname git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2707 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-31 14:33:56 -04:00
void on_actionQuickDecode_triggered();
void on_actionMediumDecode_triggered();
void on_actionDeepestDecode_triggered();
Updates to Users Guide. Double-click on waterfall sets Tol to a reduced (mode-dependent) value. Tol is saved/restored on program restart. Added digital gain slider for setting input level. Garbage decode "15P6715P67WCV" is rejected. Arrays ss and c0 are copied and saved when newdat=1. Further processing is done on the copies. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2712 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-01 15:54:40 -04:00
void on_inGain_valueChanged(int n);
TxFreq tracks fQSO unless CTRL is held down. Red marker for TxFreq. Max Tol = 500. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2763 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-23 11:05:50 -05:00
void bumpFqso(int n);
Combining wsjtx_rx.log and wsjtx_tx.log into ALL.TXT. Implementing ADIF log. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 12:14:18 -04:00
void on_actionErase_ALL_TXT_triggered();
void on_actionErase_wsjtx_log_adi_triggered();
Continuing to work on Rig Control. Changed "Tx = QSO Freq" button to a band-change ComboBox. Rig control of frequency setting and T/R now works on TS-2000. T/R sequencing is not yet correct, but I thimnk it still works OK in the DTR/RTS switching mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3083 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-24 13:29:26 -04:00
void startTx2();
void stopTx();
void stopTx2();
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-07 21:50:49 -04:00
void on_pbCallCQ_clicked();
void on_pbAnswerCaller_clicked();
void on_pbSendRRR_clicked();
void on_pbAnswerCQ_clicked();
void on_pbSendReport_clicked();
void on_pbSend73_clicked();
void on_rbGenMsg_toggled(bool checked);
void on_rbFreeText_toggled(bool checked);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
void on_freeTextMsg_currentTextChanged (QString const&);
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 14:31:21 -04:00
void on_rptSpinBox_valueChanged(int n);
1. Option to send Tx message (highlighted in yellow) to QSO window. 2. Setup | Options changed to Setup | Configuration 3. Alt-V causes save-to-file of the most recently completed Rx sequence. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3161 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-12 13:57:20 -04:00
void killFile();
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
void on_tuneButton_clicked (bool);
1. New buttons to set Txfreq=RxFreq and RxFreq=TxFreq. 2. Don't change Tx5 message when rpt spinner is activated. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3207 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-24 12:05:04 -04:00
void on_pbR2T_clicked();
void on_pbT2R_clicked();
Make the LogQSO dialog non-modal. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3236 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-28 09:35:01 -04:00
void acceptQSO2(bool accepted);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
void on_bandComboBox_activated (int index);
Red/Orange indicator between "Band" spinner and Dial Frequency readout is now a button. It is enabled only when Orange, which means CAT control is essentially Program to Radio only. Clicking the button causes a one-time read of the radio's dial frequency. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3256 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-03 20:12:27 -04:00
void on_readFreq_clicked();
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
void on_pbTxMode_clicked();
void on_RxFreqSpinBox_valueChanged(int n);
void on_cbTxLock_clicked(bool checked);
Add a "+ 2 kHz" checkbox under the Band selector. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3480 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-11 16:41:46 -04:00
void on_cbPlus2kHz_toggled(bool checked);
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
void on_outAttenuation_valueChanged (int);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
void rigOpen ();
void handle_transceiver_update (Transceiver::TransceiverState);
void handle_transceiver_failure (QString reason);
Merge changes from branches/wsjtx_w back into branches/wsjtx. Note to developers: Not sure about the makefiles... git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3835 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-05 13:20:40 -05:00
void on_actionAstronomical_data_triggered();
1. Fix a bug that could cause decoder to hang when presented with bad data. 2. Fix a bug that could allow a Koetter-Vardy false decode instead of a valid Berlekamp-Massey decode, sometimes leading to program crash. 3. Many more edits in the User's Guide, *.adoc files. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3664 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-27 16:28:54 -05:00
void on_actionShort_list_of_add_on_prefixes_and_suffixes_triggered();
Working on code that will make "genStdMsgs()" generate the proper "Type 1" or "Type 2" messages when a compound callsign is present. This is not yet finished! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3677 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-31 11:45:12 -05:00
void getpfx();
Merge changes from branches/wsjtx_w back into branches/wsjtx. Note to developers: Not sure about the makefiles... git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3835 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-05 13:20:40 -05:00
void on_actionJT9W_1_triggered();
1. Fix a bug that could cause decoder to hang when presented with bad data. 2. Fix a bug that could allow a Koetter-Vardy false decode instead of a valid Berlekamp-Massey decode, sometimes leading to program crash. 3. Many more edits in the User's Guide, *.adoc files. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3664 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-27 16:28:54 -05:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
void band_changed (Frequency);
void monitor (bool);
Attempt to fix a few TX sequencing issues. Simplified some of the TX logic and removed some redundant code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4014 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-11 18:50:44 -04:00
void stop_tuning ();
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
void auto_tx_mode (bool);
1. Fix a bug that could cause decoder to hang when presented with bad data. 2. Fix a bug that could allow a Koetter-Vardy false decode instead of a valid Berlekamp-Massey decode, sometimes leading to program crash. 3. Many more edits in the User's Guide, *.adoc files. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3664 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-27 16:28:54 -05:00
private:
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
void enable_DXCC_entity (bool on);
Rearranged sequencing of audio streams and devices. The code was starting streams linked to closed devices which may be causing issues on the Mac version. I have refactored to ensure that devices are always opened before related audio streams are started. Made .h C++ headers emacs friendly. Removed some code in the MainWindow contructor that read the log file but failed to check if the file exists and didn't do anything with the data anyway. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3977 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
Q_SIGNAL void initializeAudioOutputStream (QAudioDeviceInfo, unsigned channels, unsigned msBuffered) const;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
Q_SIGNAL void stopAudioOutputStream () const;
Moved audio input to the audio thread. Change source URLs in teh CMake scripts for the kvasd binaries. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3563 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-17 15:21:14 -04:00
Rearranged sequencing of audio streams and devices. The code was starting streams linked to closed devices which may be causing issues on the Mac version. I have refactored to ensure that devices are always opened before related audio streams are started. Made .h C++ headers emacs friendly. Removed some code in the MainWindow contructor that read the log file but failed to check if the file exists and didn't do anything with the data anyway. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3977 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
Q_SIGNAL void startAudioInputStream (QAudioDeviceInfo const&, int framesPerBuffer, AudioDevice * sink, unsigned downSampleFactor, AudioDevice::Channel) const;
Replaced Detector monitoring switch with audio stream suspend/resume. In an effort to reduce the processing overhead when transmitting I have suspended the audio input stream at source instead of the prior behavior that simply idled skipping received samples. This is in response to high activity levels, especially with JTAlert also running, when decode processing rolls over into the next TX period. Tests show a reduction in CPU loading from ~5% to ~1.5% in the above scenario. Hopefully this will reduce the likelyhood of TX audio glitches when other system activity spikes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3986 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-06 20:55:05 -04:00
Q_SIGNAL void suspendAudioInputStream () const;
Q_SIGNAL void resumeAudioInputStream () const;
Moved audio input to the audio thread. Change source URLs in teh CMake scripts for the kvasd binaries. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3563 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-17 15:21:14 -04:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
Q_SIGNAL void startDetector (AudioDevice::Channel) const;
Q_SIGNAL void detectorClose () const;
Moved audio input to the audio thread. Change source URLs in teh CMake scripts for the kvasd binaries. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3563 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-17 15:21:14 -04:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
Q_SIGNAL void finished () const;
Q_SIGNAL void transmitFrequency (unsigned) const;
Made the soft keying CW wave shaper a CMake option (off by default). Reorganized Modulator interface so that it can control the stream it writes to. Make sure only QAudioOutput::stop is called at the end of sending rather than QAudioOutput::reset which discards pending samples. Added a quick close option to the Modulator::stop slot to discard pending buffers if required. Fix issue in CW synthesizer that was causing CW to be inverted occasionally. Made global arrays of symbols volatile because compiler waa optimizing away reads in sound thread. These global variables must go eventually as they are a multi-threading hazard. Simplified TX sequencing to remove some duplicate signals. Increased range of TX attenuator from 10dB to 30dB. This is mainly for non-Windows platforms where the attenuator isn't linearized correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3985 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-06 17:58:11 -04:00
Q_SIGNAL void endTransmitMessage (bool quick = false) const;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
Q_SIGNAL void tune (bool = true) const;
Pass JT9W tone spacing to Modulator via a signal/slot as it is crossing a thread boundary. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3995 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-08 07:56:29 -04:00
Q_SIGNAL void sendMessage (unsigned symbolsLength, double framesPerSymbol, unsigned frequency, double toneSpacing, SoundOutput *, AudioDevice::Channel = AudioDevice::Mono, bool synchronize = true, double dBSNR = 99.) const;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
Q_SIGNAL void outAttenuationChanged (qreal) const;
Qt 5 Audio replaces PortAudio. Currently only Qt5 or above is known to work with this code. It may be possible to backport it to Qt4 if required. Audio output goes back to a separate thread to try and minimize stutters in streaming on Windows particularly. A crash on Linux due to mishandling of stereo audio output has been fixed and both left and right channels are now correctly synthesised with identical contents. Rigs are enumerated directly from hamlib API rather than running a sub process reading output of rigctl -l. This was initially done to get rid of some GUI thread blocking in the configuration dialog, but is generally a better way of doing it anyway. Some refactoring in MainWindow to accomodate the audio streaming, modulation and detecting classes. Exit handling for application refactored to use signals rather than brute force event loop exit. This was required to get correct thread shutdown semantics. The GUI update timer is now stopped during application shutdown which is necessary to stop crashes when shutting down gracefully with signals and window close() calls. There is an outstanding issue with Linux audio streams; the QAudio Input/Output classes create a new stream name each time a stream is started. This doesn't play well with PulseAudio utilities such as pavucontrol to set stream volume as settings are lost every tx period. I have tried to keep a single stream for all output but there are problems restarting it that haven't been resolved yet. The QtCreator project file has been rearranged a little because it passes all the object files to the linker rather than using an archive library. Since the GNU linker is single pass; the object files need to be in a logical order with definitions appearing afer references to them. This was required to avoid a linking error. The lib/Makefile.linux has been enhanced to use the fortran compiler to locate the correct version of the Fortran library to use. This is necessary on the latest Linux distros because the unversioned symlink to compiler support libraries is no longer provided. This only an issue with mixed programming language links where the linker driver for one language has to link support libraraies for another language. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3532 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-07 19:09:13 -04:00
1. Activated "Name" and Comments" fields on the LogQSO confirmation screen. 2. Decoding now starts at t=50 s rather than t=52 s. 3. Label on "Auto is On/Off" button changed to "Enable Tx". 4. Three new options on the Setup menu, to help importing ADIF log into some fussy loggers: - Log HT9 without submode - Convert JT9-x to RTTY for logging - Log dB reports to Comments git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3077 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-23 14:24:27 -04:00
private:
Only calculate revision once. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4024 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-14 06:42:11 -04:00
QString m_revision;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
bool m_multiple;
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
QSettings * m_settings;
Change wsjtx_txcall.txt and wsjtx_qrg.txt to wsjtx_status.txt. Change DialFreqkHz to DialFreqMHz. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3049 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 09:24:50 -04:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
QScopedPointer<Ui::MainWindow> ui;
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
// other windows
Configuration m_config;
QMessageBox m_rigErrorMessageBox;
Merge changes from branches/wsjtx_w back into branches/wsjtx. Note to developers: Not sure about the makefiles... git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3835 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-05 13:20:40 -05:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
QScopedPointer<WideGraph> m_wideGraph;
QScopedPointer<LogQSO> m_logDlg;
QScopedPointer<Astro> m_astroWidget;
Fix issue with non-modal window lifetimes. Some non-modal help windows were not being automatically closed on application exit. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4143 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-05-15 07:41:18 -04:00
QScopedPointer<QTextEdit> m_shortcuts;
QScopedPointer<QTextEdit> m_prefixes;
QScopedPointer<QTextEdit> m_mouseCmnds;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
Frequency m_dialFreq;
Change wsjtx_txcall.txt and wsjtx_qrg.txt to wsjtx_status.txt. Change DialFreqkHz to DialFreqMHz. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3049 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 09:24:50 -04:00
Rearranged sequencing of audio streams and devices. The code was starting streams linked to closed devices which may be causing issues on the Mac version. I have refactored to ensure that devices are always opened before related audio streams are started. Made .h C++ headers emacs friendly. Removed some code in the MainWindow contructor that read the log file but failed to check if the file exists and didn't do anything with the data anyway. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3977 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
qint64 m_msErase;
qint64 m_secBandChanged;
qint32 m_waterfallAvg;
qint32 m_ntx;
qint32 m_timeout;
int m_XIT;
qint32 m_setftx;
qint32 m_ndepth;
qint32 m_sec0;
qint32 m_RxLog;
qint32 m_nutc0;
qint32 m_nrx;
qint32 m_hsym;
Detector m_detector;
SoundInput m_soundInput;
Modulator m_modulator;
SoundOutput m_soundOutput;
QThread * m_audioThread;
qint32 m_TRperiod;
qint32 m_nsps;
qint32 m_hsymStop;
qint32 m_len1;
qint32 m_inGain;
qint32 m_nsave;
qint32 m_ncw;
qint32 m_secID;
QString m_band;
qint32 m_repeatMsg;
qint32 m_watchdogLimit;
qint32 m_astroFont;
bool m_btxok; //True if OK to transmit
bool m_diskData;
bool m_loopall;
bool m_decoderBusy;
bool m_txFirst;
bool m_auto;
bool m_restart;
bool m_startAnother;
bool m_saveDecoded;
bool m_saveAll;
bool m_widebandDecode;
bool m_call3Modified;
bool m_dataAvailable;
bool m_killAll;
bool m_bdecoded;
bool m_monitorStartOFF;
bool m_pskReporterInit;
bool m_noSuffix;
bool m_toRTTY;
bool m_dBtoComments;
bool m_promptToLog;
bool m_blankLine;
bool m_insertBlank;
bool m_displayDXCCEntity;
bool m_clearCallGrid;
bool m_bMiles;
bool m_decodedText2;
bool m_freeText;
bool m_quickCall;
bool m_73TxDisable;
bool m_sent73;
bool m_runaway;
bool m_bMultipleOK;
bool m_lockTxFreq;
bool m_tx2QSO;
bool m_CATerror;
bool m_plus2kHz;
bool m_bAstroData;
float m_pctZap;
// labels in status bar
QLabel * tx_status_label;
QLabel * mode_label;
QLabel * last_tx_label;
QLabel * auto_tx_label;
QMessageBox msgBox0;
QFuture<void>* future1;
QFuture<void>* future2;
QFuture<void>* future3;
QFutureWatcher<void>* watcher1;
QFutureWatcher<void>* watcher2;
QFutureWatcher<void>* watcher3;
QProcess proc_jt9;
QTimer m_guiTimer;
QTimer* ptt1Timer; //StartTx delay
QTimer* ptt0Timer; //StopTx delay
QTimer* logQSOTimer;
QTimer* killFileTimer;
QTimer* tuneButtonTimer;
QString m_path;
QString m_pbdecoding_style1;
QString m_pbmonitor_style;
QString m_pbAutoOn_style;
QString m_pbTune_style;
QString m_baseCall;
QString m_hisCall;
QString m_hisGrid;
QString m_appDir;
QString m_dxccPfx;
QString m_palette;
QString m_dateTime;
QString m_mode;
QString m_modeTx;
QString m_fname;
QString m_rpt;
QString m_rptSent;
QString m_rptRcvd;
QString m_qsoStart;
QString m_qsoStop;
QString m_cmnd;
QString m_msgSent0;
QString m_fileToSave;
QStringList m_prefix;
QStringList m_suffix;
QHash<QString,bool> m_pfx;
QHash<QString,bool> m_sfx;
QDateTime m_dateTimeQSO;
QRect m_astroGeom;
QSharedMemory *mem_jt9;
// Multiple instances:
QString mykey_jt9;
PSK_Reporter *psk_Reporter;
SignalMeter *signalMeter;
LogBook m_logBook;
DecodedText m_QSOText;
unsigned m_msAudioOutputBuffered;
unsigned m_framesAudioInputBuffered;
unsigned m_downSampleFactor;
QThread::Priority m_audioThreadPriority;
bool m_bandEdited;
bool m_splitMode;
bool m_monitoring;
bool m_transmitting;
bool m_tune;
Frequency m_lastMonitoredFrequency;
double m_toneSpacing;
//---------------------------------------------------- private functions
void readSettings();
void setDecodedTextFont (QFont const&);
void writeSettings();
void createStatusBar();
void updateStatusBar();
void msgBox(QString t);
void genStdMsgs(QString rpt);
void lookup();
void ba2msg(QByteArray ba, char* message);
void msgtype(QString t, QLineEdit* tx);
void stub();
void statusChanged();
void qsy(Frequency f);
bool gridOK(QString g);
bool shortList(QString callsign);
QString baseCall(QString t);
void transmit (double snr = 99.);
void rigFailure (QString const& reason, QString const& detail);
void pskSetLocal ();
void displayDialFrequency ();
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 13:25:19 -04:00
void transmitDisplay (bool);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
};
More progress toward JT8 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2599 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-26 11:20:43 -04:00
extern void getfile(QString fname, int ntrperiod);
extern void savewav(QString fname, int ntrperiod);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
extern int killbyname(const char* progName);
extern void getDev(int* numDevices,char hostAPI_DeviceName[][50],
int minChan[], int maxChan[],
int minSpeed[], int maxSpeed[]);
1. Removed all vestiges of rigctl use. Now using calls to hamlib functions. 2. Restored "Test CAT Control" and "Test PTT" buttons on the Setup | Configuration screen. These features need thorough testing! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3204 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-23 16:46:04 -04:00
extern int ptt(int nport, int ntx, int* iptt, int* nopen);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
extern "C" {
Rearranged sequencing of audio streams and devices. The code was starting streams linked to closed devices which may be causing issues on the Mac version. I have refactored to ensure that devices are always opened before related audio streams are started. Made .h C++ headers emacs friendly. Removed some code in the MainWindow contructor that read the log file but failed to check if the file exists and didn't do anything with the data anyway. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3977 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
//----------------------------------------------------- C and Fortran routines
void symspec_(int* k, int* ntrperiod, int* nsps, int* ingain, int* nflatten,
float* px, float s[], float* df3, int* nhsym, int* npts8);
First successful decode from within WSJT-X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2664 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-15 15:18:45 -04:00
Rearranged sequencing of audio streams and devices. The code was starting streams linked to closed devices which may be causing issues on the Mac version. I have refactored to ensure that devices are always opened before related audio streams are started. Made .h C++ headers emacs friendly. Removed some code in the MainWindow contructor that read the log file but failed to check if the file exists and didn't do anything with the data anyway. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3977 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
void genjt9_(char* msg, int* ichk, char* msgsent, int itone[],
int* itext, int len1, int len2);
First successful decode from within WSJT-X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2664 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-15 15:18:45 -04:00
Rearranged sequencing of audio streams and devices. The code was starting streams linked to closed devices which may be causing issues on the Mac version. I have refactored to ensure that devices are always opened before related audio streams are started. Made .h C++ headers emacs friendly. Removed some code in the MainWindow contructor that read the log file but failed to check if the file exists and didn't do anything with the data anyway. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3977 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
void gen65_(char* msg, int* ichk, char* msgsent, int itone[],
int* itext, int len1, int len2);
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
Rearranged sequencing of audio streams and devices. The code was starting streams linked to closed devices which may be causing issues on the Mac version. I have refactored to ensure that devices are always opened before related audio streams are started. Made .h C++ headers emacs friendly. Removed some code in the MainWindow contructor that read the log file but failed to check if the file exists and didn't do anything with the data anyway. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3977 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
bool stdmsg_(const char* msg, int len);
Display Az and Dist when "hisGrid" is known and valid. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3075 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-23 11:41:31 -04:00
Rearranged sequencing of audio streams and devices. The code was starting streams linked to closed devices which may be causing issues on the Mac version. I have refactored to ensure that devices are always opened before related audio streams are started. Made .h C++ headers emacs friendly. Removed some code in the MainWindow contructor that read the log file but failed to check if the file exists and didn't do anything with the data anyway. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3977 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
void azdist_(char* MyGrid, char* HisGrid, double* utch, int* nAz, int* nEl,
int* nDmiles, int* nDkm, int* nHotAz, int* nHotABetter,
int len1, int len2);
Implemented CW ID. Signal reports 0 dB and above now displayed as "+03", "+16", etc. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3089 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-24 21:24:47 -04:00
Rearranged sequencing of audio streams and devices. The code was starting streams linked to closed devices which may be causing issues on the Mac version. I have refactored to ensure that devices are always opened before related audio streams are started. Made .h C++ headers emacs friendly. Removed some code in the MainWindow contructor that read the log file but failed to check if the file exists and didn't do anything with the data anyway. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3977 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
void morse_(char* msg, int* icw, int* ncw, int len);
Remove qDebug() statements. Use ptt_() function included in getfile.cpp. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3465 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 19:32:20 -04:00
Rearranged sequencing of audio streams and devices. The code was starting streams linked to closed devices which may be causing issues on the Mac version. I have refactored to ensure that devices are always opened before related audio streams are started. Made .h C++ headers emacs friendly. Removed some code in the MainWindow contructor that read the log file but failed to check if the file exists and didn't do anything with the data anyway. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3977 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
int ptt_(int nport, int ntx, int* iptt, int* nopen);
Remove qDebug() statements. Use ptt_() function included in getfile.cpp. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3465 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 19:32:20 -04:00
Fix the "changed modes" problem in soundout.cpp. Move the ptt function into the Qt-managed code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2699 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-28 11:47:43 -04:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
#endif // MAINWINDOW_H
Reference in New Issue Copy Permalink